{"title":"Skin Moisture \u0026 Hydration","description":"\u003cp\u003eProducts whose primary job is hydration: HA skin boosters, hydrating fillers and mesotherapy blends. Browse everything in the store that improves skin moisture, regardless of brand.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"slim-point-body","title":"Slim Point Body","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim Point Body\u003c\/strong\u003e is a body contouring solution from Maypharm Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each pack holds three 30 mL containers. The formula combines lecithin, bromelain and vitamin B12 (cyanocobalamin). Clinics use it on localised fat at the abdomen, waist, thighs and upper arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in original Maypharm packaging. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Slim Point Body made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlim Point Body has three named actives. It does not rely on phosphatidylcholine with deoxycholate, or on deoxycholic acid alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLecithin\u003c\/strong\u003e — a phospholipid that emulsifies fat. Lecithin is usually sourced from soy, so ask about soy allergy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBromelain\u003c\/strong\u003e — an enzyme from pineapple. The maker includes it for swelling and comfort after treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCyanocobalamin (vitamin B12)\u003c\/strong\u003e — included for its role in fat and energy metabolism. It gives the solution its red colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm does not publish the amount of each ingredient, so none are quoted here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSlim Point Body vs Slim Point Face — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by treatment area. The two share the same named actives; the pack size is what differs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlim Point Body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slim-point-face\"\u003eSlim Point Face\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArea\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbdomen, waist, back, thighs, hips, knees, upper arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble chin, cheeks, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNamed actives\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eLecithin, bromelain, vitamin B12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL × 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall face-size pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume per session\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher — large areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow — small areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich areas is Slim Point Body used on?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used on body areas with pinchable, localised fat:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArms — inner upper arm and the area near the armpit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaist — belly, love handles and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs — hips, thighs and knees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a weight-loss treatment. It suits patients close to their target weight with defined problem areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Slim Point Body used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the subcutaneous fat layer with a short 4–6 mm needle, held vertically. Maypharm's published course is one session a week for three weeks; some clinics extend to four or five sessions. Follow the instructions in the box. The clinician sets the volume for each area and patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Slim Point Body be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at room temperature, away from direct sunlight. Use a container straight after opening and do not keep or reuse what is left. Check the expiry date printed on the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Slim Point Body from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fat-dissolving\"\u003eKorean fat dissolving solutions\u003c\/a\u003e. A similar lecithin and bromelain formula is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lemon-bottle\"\u003eLemon Bottle\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSlim Point Body FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Slim Point Body?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree containers of 30 mL each, 90 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Slim Point Body contain PPC or deoxycholic acid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are not among the named actives. The named actives are lecithin, bromelain and vitamin B12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm describes one session a week for three weeks. The clinician decides the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on the face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Slim Point Face for the chin, cheeks and jawline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384405025050,"sku":"","price":88.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/42005-Slim-Point-Body.jpg?v=1687315161"},{"product_id":"qt-plus-aq-filler","title":"QT Plus AQ Filler","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQT Plus AQ Filler\u003c\/strong\u003e (QT Fill Plus AQ) is the softest gel in the QT Fill Plus range of hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal fillers, made by S.Thepharm Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for fine surface lines and for improving skin texture in the superficial dermis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original S.Thepharm box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eQT Fill Plus AQ, Fine, Deep or Sub-Q — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. All four gels share the same HA and lidocaine content. What changes is how firm the gel is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAQ\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-fine-filler\"\u003eFine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-deep-filler\"\u003eDeep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-sub-q-filler\"\u003eSub-Q\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoftest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, skin quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, lips, light contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline, nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical needle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA \/ lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e24 mg\/mL \/ 0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is QT Plus AQ Filler made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is cross-linked sodium hyaluronate at 24 mg\/mL with lidocaine hydrochloride at 3 mg\/mL (0.3%), in a phosphate buffer at pH 6.8–7.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS.Thepharm makes the gel with its UHD (Ultra High Density) cross-linking process. It combines chemical cross-linking, using a small amount of BDDE, with a physical cross-linking step. The aim is an elastic gel with little leftover cross-linker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is QT Plus AQ Filler used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used close to the surface, where a firmer gel could show or feel lumpy:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine forehead lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrow's feet and other lines around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines on the cheeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDull, dry or rough skin that needs a hydrating HA layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt does not add structure. For folds or volume, move up to \u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-deep-filler\"\u003eQT Deep\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-sub-q-filler\"\u003eQT Sub-Q\u003c\/a\u003e. For non-cross-linked hydration products, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is QT Plus AQ Filler injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the superficial dermis with a 30G needle, in very small amounts spread evenly across the area. Keep each deposit small to avoid visible bumps. Follow the instructions for use in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does QT Plus AQ Filler last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt lasts a shorter time than the firmer gels in the range, usually a few months. Soft gels near the surface break down sooner, so plan repeat sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should QT Plus AQ Filler be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at the temperature range printed on the box, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying QT Plus AQ Filler from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eQT Plus AQ Filler FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes QT Fill Plus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS.Thepharm Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs QT Plus AQ the same as QT Fill Plus AQ?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is the AQ gel from the QT Fill Plus range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between AQ and Fine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAQ is softer and stays in the superficial dermis. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-fine-filler\"\u003eFine\u003c\/a\u003e has a little more body and can also shape the lip border.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 3 mg\/mL (0.3%) lidocaine hydrochloride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order QT Plus AQ wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384617197850,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/20-540x540.jpg?v=1687317323"},{"product_id":"qt-fine-filler","title":"QT Fine Filler","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQT Fine Filler\u003c\/strong\u003e (QT Fill Plus Fine) is the soft gel in the QT Fill Plus range of hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal fillers, made by S.Thepharm Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for fine lines and for careful lip work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original S.Thepharm box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eQT Fill Plus AQ, Fine, Deep or Sub-Q — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. All four gels share the same HA and lidocaine content. What changes is how firm the gel is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-plus-aq-filler\"\u003eAQ\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-deep-filler\"\u003eDeep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-sub-q-filler\"\u003eSub-Q\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoftest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, skin quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, lips, light contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline, nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical needle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA \/ lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e24 mg\/mL \/ 0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is QT Fine Filler made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is cross-linked sodium hyaluronate at 24 mg\/mL with lidocaine hydrochloride at 3 mg\/mL (0.3%), in a phosphate buffer at pH 6.8–7.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS.Thepharm makes the gel with its UHD (Ultra High Density) cross-linking process. It combines chemical cross-linking, using a small amount of BDDE, with a physical cross-linking step. The aim is an elastic gel with little leftover cross-linker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is QT Fine Filler used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used in thin, mobile skin where a soft gel blends in best:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrow's feet and other lines around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines around the mouth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLip border and subtle lip shaping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther fine, shallow facial lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fuller lip volume or nasolabial folds, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/qt-deep-filler\"\u003eQT Deep\u003c\/a\u003e gives more support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is QT Fine Filler injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the superficial to mid dermis with a 30G needle. Use small amounts and slow, even pressure. Follow the instructions for use in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lips, many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003etopical numbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, even though the gel contains lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does QT Fine Filler last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft gels in fine lines and lips usually last several months. Mobile areas fade sooner. Area, volume and the patient all change the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should QT Fine Filler be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at the temperature range printed on the box, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying QT Fine Filler from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eQT Fine Filler FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes QT Fill Plus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS.Thepharm Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs QT Fine Filler the same as QT Fill Plus Fine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is the Fine gel from the QT Fill Plus range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs QT Fine good for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits the lip border and subtle shaping. For more volume, choose QT Deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 3 mg\/mL (0.3%) lidocaine hydrochloride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003ehyaluronidase\u003c\/a\u003e breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384624963866,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/21-540x540.jpg?v=1687317414"},{"product_id":"divaviva-soft","title":"Divaviva SOFT","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDivaviva SOFT\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest gel in the Divaviva range of hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal fillers from YooYoung Pharmaceutical in South Korea. Each box holds one 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine, plus two needles. It is made for fine lines, the area around the eyes and mouth, and the lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivaviva Soft, Medium or Hard — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. All three gels have the same HA and lidocaine content. What changes is the viscosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDivaviva SOFT\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDivaviva MEDIUM\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/divaviva-hard\"\u003eDivaviva HARD\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eViscosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHighest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, around the eyes and mouth, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLip contour, nasolabial folds, medium to deep lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds, nose, chin, volume and contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical needle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA \/ lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e20 mg\/mL \/ 0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e1.1 mL × 1, with 2 needles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Divaviva SOFT made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDivaviva SOFT is cross-linked hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine. The HA is non-animal and cross-linked with BDDE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYooYoung makes the gel with its HIVE cross-linking technology (Hybrid technology Improving Viscosity Elasticity). The process is designed to spread the cross-links evenly through the gel. In the SOFT gel this gives a low-viscosity filler that flows easily through a fine needle and blends into thin skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Divaviva SOFT used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used in thin, delicate skin where a firm gel would show:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrow's feet and other lines around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines around the mouth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine forehead lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLip shaping and soft lip volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTear troughs, in experienced hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cheek, chin or jawline volume, use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/divaviva-hard\"\u003eDivaviva HARD\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Divaviva SOFT injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the superficial dermis with a 29G needle. Use small amounts and slow, even pressure, and keep deposits small to avoid visible bumps. Follow the instructions for use in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lips, many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003etopical numbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, even though the gel contains lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Divaviva SOFT last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft gels in fine lines and lips usually last several months, and up to about a year in less mobile areas. Area, volume and the patient all change the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Divaviva SOFT be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at room temperature, within the range printed on the box, and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Divaviva SOFT from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDivaviva SOFT FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Divaviva?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYooYoung Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe and two needles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Divaviva SOFT good for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for shaping and soft volume. It also suits fine lines around the mouth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Divaviva SOFT contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003ehyaluronidase\u003c\/a\u003e breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384818229530,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/78-450x450.jpg?v=1687319272"},{"product_id":"cutegel-ultra","title":"CUTEGEL ULTRA","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-volume hyaluronic acid (HA) filler made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 2.0 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a large particle size of about 1,400 µm. It is made for deep, subcutaneous contouring where a 1 mL syringe is not enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Ultra made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Ultra is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense, even gel at 20 mg\/mL. Cutegel is produced with and without lidocaine, so check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Ultra vs Strong and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by volume. Ultra and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e share the same particle size of about 1,400 µm. Ultra gives 2 mL per syringe and Strong gives 3 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Ultra used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Ultra is used for volumising and contouring treatments that need more gel in one session. It also fills deep depressions such as scars or pronounced folds. The firm gel holds its shape after placement. It is not suitable for fine lines or thin skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger body areas, see our dedicated \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003ebody fillers\u003c\/a\u003e, which come in much bigger volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Ultra injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Ultra is placed in the subcutaneous layer. Because the gel is dense, clinicians inject slowly, usually with a wider needle or a cannula, after aspirating. The area and volume are decided by the treating clinician. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Ultra last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Ultra be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Ultra from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Ultra FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Ultra?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel Ultra syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.0 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel Ultra and Strong?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyringe size. Ultra holds 2 mL and Strong holds 3 mL. Both use particles of about 1,400 µm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel Ultra suitable for fine lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm for shallow lines. Use Cutegel S for fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Ultra be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384835367194,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/75-450x450.jpg?v=1687319395"},{"product_id":"cutegel-strong","title":"CUTEGEL STRONG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest syringe in the Cutegel hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 3.0 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a large particle size of about 1,400 µm. It is made for deep, subcutaneous contouring that needs a lot of gel in one session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Strong made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Strong is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense, even gel at 20 mg\/mL. Cutegel is produced with and without lidocaine, so check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Strong vs Ultra and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by volume. Strong and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e share the same particle size of about 1,400 µm. Strong gives 3 mL per syringe and Ultra gives 2 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Strong used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Strong is used when a treatment plan calls for several millilitres of firm gel. One 3 mL syringe replaces three standard 1 mL syringes, which means fewer syringe changes during the session. The gel holds its shape after placement. It is not suitable for fine lines or thin skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger body areas, see our dedicated \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003ebody fillers\u003c\/a\u003e, which come in much bigger volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Strong injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Strong is placed in the subcutaneous layer. Because the gel is dense, clinicians inject slowly, usually with a wider needle or a cannula, after aspirating. The area and volume are decided by the treating clinician. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Strong last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Strong be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Strong from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Strong FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Strong?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel Strong syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3.0 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel Strong and Ultra?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyringe size. Strong holds 3 mL and Ultra holds 2 mL. Both use particles of about 1,400 µm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel Strong suitable for fine lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm for shallow lines. Use Cutegel S for fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Strong be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384836972826,"sku":"","price":34.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/77-450x450.jpg?v=1687319409"},{"product_id":"cutegel-s","title":"CUTEGEL S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest gel in the Cutegel hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 0.7 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a small particle size of about 200 µm. It is made for fine, shallow lines and delicate areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed a firmer gel? Compare the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel S made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel S is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a smooth gel at 20 mg\/mL. BNC Korea makes Cutegel with and without lidocaine. The lidocaine version (model CL-S) contains 0.3% lidocaine to ease injection discomfort. Check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel S, N, Max, Max 1400, Ultra or Strong — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and depth. Small particles suit shallow lines. Large particles hold shape in deep tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel S used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel S is used for superficial wrinkles. Typical areas are fine lines around the mouth and eyes, shallow forehead lines and the lip border. The soft gel spreads evenly in thin skin, which lowers the risk of visible lumps. It is not meant for building volume; use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e or Max for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel S injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel S is placed in the upper to mid dermis with a fine needle. Small amounts are injected slowly by serial puncture or linear threading. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel S last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 6 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel S be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel S from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel S FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel S syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.7 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Cutegel S contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine version (CL-S) contains 0.3% lidocaine. A version without lidocaine also exists, so check the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel S and N?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS has smaller particles (about 200 µm) for shallow lines. N has larger particles (about 600 µm) for deeper folds and volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel S be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384839069978,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/36-450x450.jpg?v=1687319422"},{"product_id":"cutegel-n","title":"CUTEGEL N","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/strong\u003e is the medium gel in the Cutegel hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 1.0 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a particle size of about 600 µm. It is the everyday choice for moderate folds and soft volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel N made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel N is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a smooth gel at 20 mg\/mL. BNC Korea makes it with and without lidocaine. The lidocaine version (model CL-N) contains 0.3% lidocaine to ease injection discomfort. Check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel S, N, Max, Max 1400, Ultra or Strong — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and depth. Small particles suit shallow lines. Large particles hold shape in deep tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you stock only one Cutegel, N covers the widest range of daily face treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel N used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel N is used for moderate to deep wrinkles and folds. Typical areas are nasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips and the cheeks. The gel is firm enough to lift a fold but still soft enough for areas that move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel N injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel N is placed in the mid to deep dermis. Common techniques are linear threading and fanning, injected slowly. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, especially for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel N last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 6 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel N be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel N from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel N FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel N?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel N syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.0 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Cutegel N contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine version (CL-N) contains 0.3% lidocaine. A version without lidocaine also exists, so check the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel N good for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is commonly used for lip volume. For the lip border and fine lines, the softer Cutegel S is a better match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel N and Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eN has particles of about 600 µm for the dermis. Max has particles of about 1,000 µm and is placed deeper to shape the nose, chin and forehead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384841724186,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/35-450x450.jpg?v=1687319436"},{"product_id":"cutegel-max-1400","title":"Cutegel Max 1400","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/strong\u003e is a very firm hyaluronic acid (HA) filler made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds two 1.1 mL pre-filled syringes of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA. The name comes from its particle size of about 1,400 µm, the largest in the Cutegel face range. It is made for deep contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max 1400 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max 1400 is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense gel at 20 mg\/mL. It is sold with lidocaine to ease injection discomfort; check the box label to confirm the version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max 1400 vs Max and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and volume. Max 1400 has larger particles than \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e and gives you 2.2 mL per box instead of 1.1 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max 1400 used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max 1400 is used to restore lost volume and define deep facial contours. Typical areas are the chin, jawline, cheeks and forehead. The two-syringe box suits treatments that need both sides balanced, such as the jawline or cheeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Max 1400 injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max 1400 is placed in the subcutaneous layer or deeper. Clinicians usually inject small boluses or slow retrograde threads, often with a cannula, after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Max 1400 last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Max 1400 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Max 1400 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max 1400 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Max 1400?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 1.1 mL each, 2.2 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does 1400 mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt refers to the particle size of about 1,400 µm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel Max 1400 suitable for fine lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm for shallow lines. Use Cutegel S for fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Max 1400 be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384844575002,"sku":"","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/76-450x450.jpg?v=1687319456"},{"product_id":"cutegel-max","title":"CUTEGEL MAX","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a firm hyaluronic acid (HA) filler made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a large particle size of about 1,000 µm. It is made for deep placement to shape the nose, chin and forehead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense gel at 20 mg\/mL. BNC Korea makes it with and without lidocaine. The lidocaine version (model CL-Max) contains 0.3% lidocaine to ease injection discomfort. Check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max vs Max 1400 and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and depth. Max uses about 1,000 µm particles in a single syringe. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eMax 1400\u003c\/a\u003e uses larger particles of about 1,400 µm and comes as two syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max is used to add structure and projection. Typical areas are the nose, chin and forehead, plus deep folds that softer gels cannot lift. It is too firm for fine, shallow lines; use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Max injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max is placed in the subcutaneous layer or deeper. Clinicians usually inject small boluses or slow retrograde threads, after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Max last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Max be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Max from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel Max syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.1 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Cutegel Max contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine version (CL-Max) contains 0.3% lidocaine. A version without lidocaine also exists, so check the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel Max and Max 1400?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMax has particles of about 1,000 µm in one 1.1 mL syringe. Max 1400 has particles of about 1,400 µm and comes as two 1.1 mL syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Max be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384846934298,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/43-540x540.jpg?v=1687319481"},{"product_id":"ammi-aqua","title":"Ammi Aqua","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/strong\u003e is the medium gel in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the all-round choice for moderate wrinkles, lips and soft contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 10, 20 or 30 option above, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm quantities and trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Aqua made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process. NMC refines the gel into very fine particles while keeping it cohesive, so a medium-viscosity gel still injects smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density. Aqua sits in the middle: firmer than Hydro, softer than Crystal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-crystal\"\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-diamond\"\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe. If you stock only one Ammi filler, Aqua covers the widest range of daily treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Aqua used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is used for moderate wrinkles and soft volume. Typical areas are nasolabial folds, marionette lines, forehead wrinkles, lips, cheekbones and cheeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Aqua injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is placed in the mid to deep dermis with a 27G needle. Common techniques are linear threading and fanning, injected slowly. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. The lidocaine in the gel reduces discomfort, and some clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Aqua last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Aqua be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Aqua from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Aqua FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Aqua?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Aqua contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Ammi Aqua a filler or a skin booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a cross-linked HA dermal filler. It adds volume and fills folds; it is not a mesotherapy solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Aqua and Crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 20 mg\/mL. Aqua is a medium gel for folds and lips. Crystal is the densest of the three 20 mg\/mL gels, for chin and cheekbone shaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Aqua be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Korean Aesthetic","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":49124331258138,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20","offer_id":49124331290906,"sku":"","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":49124331323674,"sku":"","price":31.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ammiaqua.jpg?v=1695800253"},{"product_id":"ammi-crystal","title":"Ammi Crystal","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/strong\u003e is the densest of the 20 mg\/mL gels in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for deep wrinkles and for shaping the cheekbones, cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 10, 20 or 30 option above, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm quantities and trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Crystal made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process. Crystal uses larger particles than Hydro and Aqua, which helps it replace lost volume, yet the gel stays fluid enough to inject without high pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density. Crystal is the firmest gel at 20 mg\/mL. Diamond raises the HA content to 25 mg\/mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-aqua\"\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-diamond\"\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Crystal used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal is used for volume and contour. Typical uses are cheekbone, cheek and chin modelling, deep nasolabial folds, deep wrinkles and correction of the face outline. It is too firm for fine, shallow lines; use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Crystal injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal is placed in the deep dermis or deeper with a 27G needle. Clinicians usually inject slow threads or small boluses after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Crystal last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Crystal be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Crystal from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Crystal FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Crystal contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Ammi filler is best for the chin and cheekbones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal. It is the densest 20 mg\/mL gel in the range and is made for contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Crystal and Diamond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrystal has 20 mg\/mL of HA. Diamond has 25 mg\/mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Crystal be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":49862109102362,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20","offer_id":49862109135130,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":49862109167898,"sku":"","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/AmmiCrystal.jpg?v=1695801497"},{"product_id":"ammi-diamond","title":"Ammi Diamond","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/strong\u003e is the highest-concentration gel in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 25 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for moderate to deep wrinkles and for shaping the chin, cheekbones and cheeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the Ammi range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Diamond made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Diamond is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 25 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. That is 5 mg\/mL more HA than Hydro, Aqua and Crystal. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process, which keeps the gel cohesive and elastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density and HA content. Diamond is the only Ammi face filler at 25 mg\/mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-aqua\"\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-crystal\"\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Diamond used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Diamond is used for moderate to deep wrinkles and face shaping. Typical areas are nasolabial folds, forehead wrinkles, the chin, cheekbones and cheeks. It is too firm for fine, shallow lines; use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Diamond injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Diamond is placed in the mid to deep dermis or deeper, using the needle supplied in the box. Clinicians usually inject slow threads or small boluses after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. The lidocaine in the gel reduces discomfort, and some clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Diamond last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Diamond be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Diamond from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Diamond FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Diamond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much hyaluronic acid is in Ammi Diamond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25 mg\/mL, in a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Diamond contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Diamond and Crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiamond has 25 mg\/mL of HA. Crystal has 20 mg\/mL. Both are dense gels for deeper work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Diamond be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46867586908442,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/AmmiDiamond.jpg?v=1695867826"},{"product_id":"ammi-hydro","title":"Ammi Hydro","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lightest gel in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for fine lines, early wrinkles and soft lip work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the Ammi range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Hydro made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Hydro is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process. NMC refines the gel into very fine particles while keeping it cohesive, so it flows evenly through a thin needle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density. Hydro is the lightest. Each step up is firmer and goes deeper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-aqua\"\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-crystal\"\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-diamond\"\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Hydro used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Hydro is used for the first signs of ageing. Typical areas are forehead lines, light nasolabial folds, fine lines around the mouth and eyes, and the lips. The light gel suits thin skin and areas that move a lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Hydro injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Hydro is placed in the superficial to mid dermis with a 30G needle. Small amounts are injected slowly by serial puncture or linear threading. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. The lidocaine in the gel reduces discomfort, and some clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Hydro last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Hydro be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Hydro from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Hydro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Hydro contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Ammi Hydro good for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It suits soft, natural lip work. For more lip volume, Ammi Aqua is firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Hydro and Aqua?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydro is a light gel used with a 30G needle for fine lines. Aqua is a medium gel used with a 27G needle for deeper folds and volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Hydro be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46867682197786,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/AmmiHydro.png?v=1695868882"},{"product_id":"bb-glow-21","title":"BB Glow #21","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBB Glow #21\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tinted cosmetic serum in a light shade, made in South Korea under the DM.Cell brand. It is used by beauticians and skin clinics for BB Glow treatments, where a pigmented serum is worked into the top layer of the skin to even out the look of the complexion. Shade #21 is the lightest of the three shades we stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in single-shade boxes of vials. The vial size and count are as printed on the box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on single boxes or mixed shade orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBB Glow #21, #23 or #25 — which shade do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the shade closest to the client's natural skin tone, or one step lighter for a brighter finish. The numbers follow the usual Korean base make-up scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBB Glow #21\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-23\"\u003eBB Glow #23\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-25\"\u003eBB Glow #25\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper \/ tan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFair to light skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-medium to medium skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium to tan skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003eShades can be blended to match in-between tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost salons keep at least two shades so they can blend. If you are new to the treatment, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-starter-kit\"\u003eBB Glow Starter Kit\u003c\/a\u003e gives you several shades and serum ampoules in one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is BB Glow #21 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow #21 is a light, serum-textured base with cosmetic pigment. The formula lists niacinamide, peptides, hyaluronic acid and plant extracts. Niacinamide is a common brightening ingredient, and hyaluronic acid holds water in the skin. Check the full ingredient list on the box before use, especially for clients with known sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is BB Glow #21 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow is a professional salon treatment, not a home-use make-up product. In a typical session the practitioner:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanses the skin and removes all make-up and oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChooses or blends the shade and patch-tests if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplies the serum in small sections and works it in with a microneedling pen or nano cartridge, following the manufacturer's instructions for depth and passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeaves the remaining serum on the skin and finishes with a calming product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways follow the instructions supplied with the product and the rules for microneedling in your country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does the BB Glow effect last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is temporary and builds over a course. Salons commonly plan 3 to 5 sessions, spaced about one to two weeks apart, with top-ups as the tint fades. How long it holds depends on skin type, sun exposure and home care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should BB Glow #21 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened vials in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Use an opened vial promptly and do not share one vial between clients. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying BB Glow #21 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to beauty professionals, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003eprofessional peels and skin care\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBB Glow #21 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat skin tone is BB Glow #21 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFair to light skin tones. It is the lightest of the three shades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix #21 with #23?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Practitioners often blend two shades to match a client's tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs BB Glow an injectable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a cosmetic serum applied to the skin surface during a professional treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalons commonly plan 3 to 5 sessions, about one to two weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order mixed shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with the shades and quantities you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868241482010,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BBGlow_21.jpg?v=1695951191"},{"product_id":"bb-glow-23","title":"BB Glow #23","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBB Glow #23\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tinted cosmetic serum in a medium shade, made in South Korea under the DM.Cell brand. Beauticians and skin clinics use it for BB Glow treatments, where a pigmented serum is worked into the top layer of the skin to even out the look of the complexion. Shade #23 sits in the middle of the three shades we stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in single-shade boxes of vials. The vial size and count are as printed on the box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on single boxes or mixed shade orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBB Glow #21, #23 or #25 — which shade do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the shade closest to the client's natural skin tone, or one step lighter for a brighter finish. The numbers follow the usual Korean base make-up scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-21\"\u003eBB Glow #21\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBB Glow #23\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-25\"\u003eBB Glow #25\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper \/ tan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFair to light skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-medium to medium skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium to tan skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003eShades can be blended to match in-between tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e#23 is the shade most salons reach for first, because it can be lightened with #21 or deepened with #25. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-starter-kit\"\u003eBB Glow Starter Kit\u003c\/a\u003e is another way to start with several shades in one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is BB Glow #23 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow #23 is a light, serum-textured base with cosmetic pigment. The formula lists niacinamide, peptides, hyaluronic acid and plant extracts. Niacinamide is a common brightening ingredient, and hyaluronic acid holds water in the skin. Check the full ingredient list on the box before use, especially for clients with known sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is BB Glow #23 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow is a professional salon treatment, not a home-use make-up product. In a typical session the practitioner:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanses the skin and removes all make-up and oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChooses or blends the shade and patch-tests if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplies the serum in small sections and works it in with a microneedling pen or nano cartridge, following the manufacturer's instructions for depth and passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeaves the remaining serum on the skin and finishes with a calming product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways follow the instructions supplied with the product and the rules for microneedling in your country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does the BB Glow effect last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is temporary and builds over a course. Salons commonly plan 3 to 5 sessions, spaced about one to two weeks apart, with top-ups as the tint fades. How long it holds depends on skin type, sun exposure and home care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should BB Glow #23 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened vials in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Use an opened vial promptly and do not share one vial between clients. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying BB Glow #23 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to beauty professionals, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003eprofessional peels and skin care\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBB Glow #23 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat skin tone is BB Glow #23 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight-medium to medium skin tones. It is the middle shade of the three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix #23 with other shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Blend it with #21 to lighten or with #25 to deepen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs BB Glow an injectable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a cosmetic serum applied to the skin surface during a professional treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalons commonly plan 3 to 5 sessions, about one to two weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order mixed shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with the shades and quantities you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868241645850,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BBGlow_23.jpg?v=1695951475"},{"product_id":"bb-glow-25","title":"BB Glow #25","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBB Glow #25\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tinted cosmetic serum in a deeper shade, made in South Korea under the DM.Cell brand. Beauticians and skin clinics use it for BB Glow treatments, where a pigmented serum is worked into the top layer of the skin to even out the look of the complexion. Shade #25 is the deepest of the three shades we stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied in single-shade boxes of vials. The vial size and count are as printed on the box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on single boxes or mixed shade orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBB Glow #21, #23 or #25 — which shade do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the shade closest to the client's natural skin tone. A shade that is too light can look grey on deeper skin, so match carefully. The numbers follow the usual Korean base make-up scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-21\"\u003eBB Glow #21\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-23\"\u003eBB Glow #23\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBB Glow #25\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper \/ tan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFair to light skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-medium to medium skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium to tan skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003eShades can be blended to match in-between tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e#25 is also useful as a mixing shade: a few drops deepen #23 for clients who sit between two tones. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-starter-kit\"\u003eBB Glow Starter Kit\u003c\/a\u003e is another way to start with several shades in one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is BB Glow #25 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow #25 is a light, serum-textured base with cosmetic pigment. The formula lists niacinamide, peptides, hyaluronic acid and plant extracts. Niacinamide is a common brightening ingredient, and hyaluronic acid holds water in the skin. Check the full ingredient list on the box before use, especially for clients with known sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is BB Glow #25 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow is a professional salon treatment, not a home-use make-up product. In a typical session the practitioner:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanses the skin and removes all make-up and oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChooses or blends the shade and patch-tests if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplies the serum in small sections and works it in with a microneedling pen or nano cartridge, following the manufacturer's instructions for depth and passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeaves the remaining serum on the skin and finishes with a calming product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways follow the instructions supplied with the product and the rules for microneedling in your country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does the BB Glow effect last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is temporary and builds over a course. Salons commonly plan 3 to 5 sessions, spaced about one to two weeks apart, with top-ups as the tint fades. How long it holds depends on skin type, sun exposure and home care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should BB Glow #25 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened vials in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Use an opened vial promptly and do not share one vial between clients. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying BB Glow #25 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to beauty professionals, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003eprofessional peels and skin care\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBB Glow #25 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat skin tone is BB Glow #25 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium to tan skin tones. It is the deepest of the three shades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix #25 with #23?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Practitioners often blend two shades to match a client's tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs BB Glow an injectable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a cosmetic serum applied to the skin surface during a professional treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalons commonly plan 3 to 5 sessions, about one to two weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order mixed shades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with the shades and quantities you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868241776922,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BBGlow_25.jpg?v=1695951700"},{"product_id":"bb-glow-starter-kit","title":"BB Glow Starter Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBB Glow Starter Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean-made set of 12 ampoules for professional BB Glow skin treatments. The box holds five tinted ampoules in different shades and seven clear serum ampoules, 8 mL each, plus two droppers. It lets a salon or clinic try the treatment on a range of skin tones before buying full boxes of one shade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow is a cosmetic treatment in which a tinted serum is worked into the top layer of the skin to even out the look of the complexion. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the BB Glow Starter Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains 12 ampoules of 8 mL and two droppers for measuring and blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTinted ampoules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 (one per shade)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight, Light Rose, Medium, Deep and Deep Plus tones for the BB Glow step\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSerum ampoules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUntinted care serums used to prepare and nourish the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDroppers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClean dosing and shade blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact ampoule names are printed on the box. Check them on arrival, as the maker may update the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is the kit made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tinted ampoules are serum-textured bases with cosmetic pigment. The formulas list niacinamide, peptides, hyaluronic acid and plant extracts. The serum ampoules add vitamins and antioxidants without tint. Read the ingredient list for each ampoule before use, especially for clients with known sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStarter Kit or single-shade boxes — which should you order?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the Starter Kit when you are setting up the treatment or training staff. You get every tone in one box, so you can learn which shades your clients need. Move to single-shade boxes once you know your regular shades. We stock \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-21\"\u003eBB Glow #21\u003c\/a\u003e (light), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-23\"\u003eBB Glow #23\u003c\/a\u003e (medium) and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bb-glow-25\"\u003eBB Glow #25\u003c\/a\u003e (deeper).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is the BB Glow Starter Kit used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBB Glow is a professional salon treatment. In a typical session the practitioner:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanses the skin and removes all make-up and oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplies a clear serum ampoule to prepare the skin, if the protocol calls for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicks or blends a tinted shade with the dropper and patch-tests if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks the tinted serum in with a microneedling pen or nano cartridge, following the manufacturer's instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishes with a calming product and sun protection advice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalons commonly plan 3 to 5 sessions, about one to two weeks apart. The result is temporary and depends on skin type and home care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should the kit be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened ampoules in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Use an opened ampoule promptly and never share one between clients. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying the BB Glow Starter Kit from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to beauty professionals, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003eprofessional peels and skin care\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBB Glow Starter Kit FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many ampoules are in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwelve ampoules of 8 mL: five tinted shades and seven serum ampoules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich shades are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight, Light Rose, Medium, Deep and Deep Plus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the shades be mixed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Use the droppers to blend two shades to match a client's tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs BB Glow an injectable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a cosmetic serum applied to the skin surface during a professional treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo you sell refills of one shade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. See BB Glow #21, #23 and #25, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask our team\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868241875226,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BBGlowStarterKit.jpg?v=1695951896"},{"product_id":"beads-max-body-classic-h-1","title":"Beads Max Body Classic-H","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-H\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) body filler made by Maxcore Global Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 10 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL HA. It is listed as the firmer of the two Beads Max body gels and is used for non-surgical body contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Classic-S or Classic-H — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClassic-H is listed as the firmer gel and Classic-S as the softer one. A firmer gel gives more projection and shape; a softer gel suits areas where a natural feel matters most. Both come in a 10 mL syringe with the same HA concentration. Confirm the grade on the box, as the two packs look alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-fine-1\"\u003eFine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-mid-1\"\u003eMid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-high-1\"\u003eHigh\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-s-1\"\u003eBody Classic-S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody Classic-H\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofter body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, face contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep volume, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"5\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine, Mid and High are 1 mL facial fillers. The two Body Classic gels are for the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Beads Max Body Classic-H made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-H is cross-linked, non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL. Maxcore Global makes it with a patented three-step microbead process. The result is a semi-solid gel of fine HA beads that is designed to be cohesive, hold its shape and resist moving after placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel is 100% HA and is described as easily removable. No lidocaine is declared in the supplier information for the body gels; check the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Beads Max Body Classic-H used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-H is used to add volume and improve contours in body areas. Supplier information names the buttocks and breasts, with placement from the deep dermis to the subcutaneous tissue. Strong viscosity and cohesiveness are meant to keep the gel where it is placed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Beads Max Body Classic-H used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-H is placed deep under the skin by a doctor trained in body filler work, usually through a blunt cannula. We do not publish volumes or session plans for body fillers. The plane, the amount and the gap between sessions must come from the manufacturer's instructions for use and the treating doctor's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the gel is hyaluronic acid, it can be broken down with hyaluronidase. We stock \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Beads Max Body Classic-H last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites an aesthetic effect of 7 to 12 months. Real duration depends on the area, the amount placed and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Beads Max Body Classic-H be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Beads Max Body Classic-H as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use, and use each container for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Beads Max Body Classic-H from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare the sister gel \u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-s-1\"\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-S\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003eKorean body fillers\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-H FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Beads Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaxcore Global Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 10 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Classic-S and Classic-H?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are listed as the softer and the firmer body gel. Both hold 10 mL at 20 mg\/mL HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Beads Max Body Classic-H be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Beads Max Body Classic-H a facial filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For the face, use Beads Max Fine, Mid or High.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868242006298,"sku":null,"price":92.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BeadsMaxBodyClassic-H.jpg?v=1695952080"},{"product_id":"beads-max-body-classic-s-1","title":"Beads Max Body Classic-S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) body filler made by Maxcore Global Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 10 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL HA. It is listed as the softer of the two Beads Max body gels and is used for non-surgical body contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Classic-S or Classic-H — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClassic-S is listed as the softer gel and Classic-H as the firmer one. A softer gel suits areas where a natural feel matters most; a firmer gel gives more projection. Both come in a 10 mL syringe with the same HA concentration. Confirm the grade on the box, as the two packs look alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-fine-1\"\u003eFine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-mid-1\"\u003eMid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-high-1\"\u003eHigh\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody Classic-S\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-h-1\"\u003eBody Classic-H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofter body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, face contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep volume, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"5\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine, Mid and High are 1 mL facial fillers. The two Body Classic gels are for the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Beads Max Body Classic-S made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-S is cross-linked, non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL. Maxcore Global makes it with a patented three-step microbead process. The result is a semi-solid gel of fine HA beads that is designed to be cohesive, hold its shape and resist moving after placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel is 100% HA and is described as easily removable. No lidocaine is declared in the supplier information for the body gels; check the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Beads Max Body Classic-S used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-S is used to add volume and improve contours in body areas. Supplier information names the buttocks and breasts, with placement from the deep dermis to the subcutaneous tissue. Strong viscosity and cohesiveness are meant to keep the gel where it is placed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Beads Max Body Classic-S used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-S is placed deep under the skin by a doctor trained in body filler work, usually through a blunt cannula. We do not publish volumes or session plans for body fillers. The plane, the amount and the gap between sessions must come from the manufacturer's instructions for use and the treating doctor's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the gel is hyaluronic acid, it can be broken down with hyaluronidase. We stock \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Beads Max Body Classic-S last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites an aesthetic effect of 7 to 12 months. Real duration depends on the area, the amount placed and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Beads Max Body Classic-S be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Beads Max Body Classic-S as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use, and use each container for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Beads Max Body Classic-S from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare the sister gel \u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-h-1\"\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-H\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003eKorean body fillers\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Body Classic-S FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Beads Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaxcore Global Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 10 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Classic-S and Classic-H?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are listed as the softer and the firmer body gel. Both hold 10 mL at 20 mg\/mL HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Beads Max Body Classic-S be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Beads Max Body Classic-S a facial filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. For the face, use Beads Max Fine, Mid or High.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868242137370,"sku":null,"price":92.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BeadsMaxBodyClassic-S.jpg?v=1695952340"},{"product_id":"beads-max-fine-1","title":"Beads Max Fine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeads Max Fine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Maxcore Global Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL HA. It is the softest gel in the Beads Max facial range and is used for fine lines and soft, shallow corrections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Fine, Mid or High — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Beads Max Fine is the softest option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-mid-1\"\u003eMid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-high-1\"\u003eHigh\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-s-1\"\u003eBody Classic-S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-h-1\"\u003eBody Classic-H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofter body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, face contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep volume, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"5\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two Body Classic gels are 10 mL body fillers and are not meant for the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Beads Max Fine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Fine is cross-linked, non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL. Maxcore Global makes it with a patented three-step microbead process. The result is a semi-solid gel of fine HA beads that is designed to be cohesive, hold its shape and resist moving after placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information lists 0.3% lidocaine in the facial gels. Check the box of your batch to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Beads Max Fine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Fine is the soft gel for thin skin and shallow lines. Typical uses are crow's feet, lines around the mouth, the lip border and soft lip volume, and careful work in the tear trough. It spreads evenly, which lowers the risk of visible lumps near the surface. It is too soft to build structure in the cheeks or chin; use Mid or High there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Beads Max Fine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Fine is injected into the superficial to mid dermis. Supplier information lists a 30G thin-wall needle for this gel. Inject slowly and in small amounts. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Beads Max Fine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites 7 to 12 months for Beads Max Fine. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Beads Max Fine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Beads Max Fine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e, and add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for sensitive areas. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Fine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Beads Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaxcore Global Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Beads Max Fine different from the other Beads Max gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the softest gel. All three facial gels have the same HA concentration but differ in firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Beads Max Fine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites 7 to 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Beads Max be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868242268442,"sku":null,"price":33.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BeadsMaxFine.jpg?v=1695954729"},{"product_id":"beads-max-high-1","title":"Beads Max High","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeads Max High\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Maxcore Global Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL HA. It is the firmest gel in the Beads Max facial range and is used for deep folds and facial volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Fine, Mid or High — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Beads Max High is the firmest option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-fine-1\"\u003eFine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-mid-1\"\u003eMid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHigh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-s-1\"\u003eBody Classic-S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-h-1\"\u003eBody Classic-H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofter body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, face contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep volume, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"5\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two Body Classic gels are 10 mL body fillers and are not meant for the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Beads Max High made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max High is cross-linked, non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL. Maxcore Global makes it with a patented three-step microbead process. The result is a semi-solid gel of fine HA beads that is designed to be cohesive, hold its shape and resist moving after placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information lists 0.3% lidocaine in the facial gels. Check the box of your batch to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Beads Max High treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max High is the large-particle, firm gel made to lift and shape. It is used for mid-face volume, cheeks and cheekbones, the chin, the jaw angle, temples and deep folds. It is too firm for thin skin and fine lines; use Fine there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Beads Max High used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max High is injected into the deep dermis to subcutaneous layer. It is supplied for use with a 25G thin-wall needle; many clinicians use a cannula for cheeks and temples. Inject slowly and in small amounts. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Beads Max High last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites 12 to 18 months for Beads Max High; some listings give 9 to 12 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Beads Max High be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Beads Max High from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e, and add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for sensitive areas. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max High FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Beads Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaxcore Global Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Beads Max High different from the other Beads Max gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the firmest gel. All three facial gels have the same HA concentration but differ in firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Beads Max High last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12 to 18 months according to supplier information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Beads Max be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868242366746,"sku":null,"price":33.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BeadsMaxHigh.jpg?v=1695954808"},{"product_id":"beads-max-mid-1","title":"Beads Max Mid","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeads Max Mid\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Maxcore Global Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL HA. It is the medium gel in the Beads Max facial range and is used for moderate folds and everyday face contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Fine, Mid or High — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Beads Max Mid is the medium option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-fine-1\"\u003eFine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-high-1\"\u003eHigh\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-s-1\"\u003eBody Classic-S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beads-max-body-classic-h-1\"\u003eBody Classic-H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofter body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer body gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, face contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep volume, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"5\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two Body Classic gels are 10 mL body fillers and are not meant for the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Beads Max Mid made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Mid is cross-linked, non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL. Maxcore Global makes it with a patented three-step microbead process. The result is a semi-solid gel of fine HA beads that is designed to be cohesive, hold its shape and resist moving after placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information lists 0.3% lidocaine in the facial gels. Check the box of your batch to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Beads Max Mid treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Mid is the medium-density all-rounder. It is used for nasolabial folds, forehead and frown lines, lip volume, and for shaping the nose, chin, cheekbones and temples. It is firm enough to hold a contour but soft enough for areas that move. If you stock only one Beads Max gel, Mid covers the widest range of treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Beads Max Mid used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeads Max Mid is injected into the mid to deep dermis. It is supplied for use with a 27G needle. Inject slowly and in small amounts. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Beads Max Mid last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites 12 to 18 months for Beads Max Mid. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Beads Max Mid be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Beads Max Mid from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e, and add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for sensitive areas. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeads Max Mid FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Beads Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaxcore Global Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Beads Max Mid different from the other Beads Max gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the medium gel. All three facial gels have the same HA concentration but differ in firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Beads Max Mid last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12 to 18 months according to supplier information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Beads Max be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868242497818,"sku":null,"price":33.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BeadsMaxMid.jpg?v=1695954910"},{"product_id":"bellast-soft-l","title":"Bellast Soft L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBellast Soft L\u003c\/strong\u003e is a light cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Dongkook Pharmaceutical in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 18 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine, plus two 30G needles. It is the fine-line gel of the Bellast range, made for thin skin and shallow wrinkles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBellast Soft L ships from Seoul in its original Dongkook box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e for volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBellast Soft L, L or Plus — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick Soft L for fine surface lines and the other two for deeper folds. Soft L has less HA per millilitre and comes with thinner needles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBellast Soft L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bellast-l\"\u003eBellast L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bellast-plus\"\u003eBellast Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA concentration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedles in the box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrow's feet, perioral lines, fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, forehead, cheeks, chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper folds, jawline, chin and nose shaping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e1 mL pre-filled syringe, one per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Bellast Soft L made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBellast Soft L is non-animal hyaluronic acid, cross-linked into a soft, clear gel at 18 mg\/mL. It also contains 0.3% lidocaine (3 mg\/mL) to make the injection more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower HA concentration gives a lighter gel that spreads evenly near the skin surface. Like any HA filler, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Bellast Soft L used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBellast Soft L is used for fine wrinkles and facial lines. Typical areas are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrow's feet and other periorbital lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerioral (smoker's) lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines around the nose and mouth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubtle lip volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the superficial to mid dermis. It is too light for deep folds or contouring — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bellast-l\"\u003eBellast L\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bellast-plus\"\u003eBellast Plus\u003c\/a\u003e cover those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Bellast Soft L last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported duration is roughly 6 to 12 months. Light gels placed near the surface in mobile areas, such as around the mouth, tend to sit at the shorter end of that range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Bellast Soft L be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Bellast Soft L at room temperature, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze it. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box. Each syringe is for single use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Bellast Soft L from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original Bellast boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e. For lips and other sensitive areas, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBellast Soft L FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Bellast Soft L?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDongkook Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Bellast Soft L contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The gel contains 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe and two 30G needles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Bellast Soft L suitable for nasolabial folds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits shallow lines only. For moderate or deep folds, choose Bellast L or Bellast Plus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Bellast Soft L be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868242891034,"sku":null,"price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BellastSoftL.jpg?v=1696141952"},{"product_id":"bienpeel","title":"Bienpeel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBienpeel\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-phase (biphasic) professional chemical peel from South Korea with 35% trichloroacetic acid (TCA). Each box holds 5 vials of 6 mL. One phase carries the acids, vitamins and amino acids; the other is an oil phase of squalane and isopropyl myristate that cushions the skin while the acids work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics and trained skin therapists use it for dull tone, uneven texture, enlarged pores and post-acne marks. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Bienpeel made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBienpeel combines TCA 35% with milder acids and skin-conditioning ingredients in two layers that you shake together before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcid phase:\u003c\/strong\u003e trichloroacetic acid 35%, lactobionic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric acid and citric acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport ingredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e vitamin C, vitamin B2, amino acids such as glycine, and gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil phase:\u003c\/strong\u003e squalane and isopropyl myristate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Bienpeel used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBienpeel is applied to the skin surface and massaged in, then rinsed off. A usual session runs like this:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanse and degrease the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake the vial until the two layers blend into one even colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWearing gloves, apply about 1.5–2 mL to the face with a brush or needle-free syringe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMassage until absorbed and leave for about 5 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse with lukewarm water and apply a finishing cream and sun protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese steps are a general guide. Follow the instructions in the box and adjust contact time to the client's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many Bienpeel sessions are needed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA course is usually 4 to 7 sessions, 7 to 10 days apart, depending on skin condition. One 6 mL vial covers roughly three face treatments at 1.5–2 mL each, so one box supports about one full course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBienpeel vs Soonsu Shining Peel — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are Korean two-phase TCA 35% peels in 5 × 6 mL boxes. The main difference is the supporting formula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBienpeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/soonsu-shining-peel\"\u003eSoonsu Shining Peel\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTCA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOther acids\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLactobionic, salicylic, tartaric, citric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAHA, BHA and PHA blend\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVitamins C and B2, GABA, amino acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVitamins C and B12, retinol, amino acids, peptides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsual course\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–7 sessions, 7–10 days apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 sessions, 7–12 days apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Bienpeel be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore vials upright in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, with the cap closed. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Bienpeel from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to clinics, skin professionals and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003eprofessional peels and skin care\u003c\/a\u003e. Many clinics finish a peel with a simple moisturiser such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/soonsu-aqua-cream\"\u003eSoonsu Aqua Cream\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only. Not for home use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBienpeel FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat strength is Bienpeel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt contains 35% trichloroacetic acid in a two-phase formula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 6 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to neutralise it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe usual protocol is to rinse with lukewarm water after about 5 minutes. Follow the instructions in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often can it be repeated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery 7 to 10 days, for 4 to 7 sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should clients avoid after a session?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSun exposure, scrubs and other acid or retinoid products for several days. Daily sunscreen is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868243251482,"sku":null,"price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Bienpeel.webp?v=1696049734"},{"product_id":"bonetta-fine-1","title":"Bonetta Fine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonetta Fine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a soft cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made in South Korea. Each box holds two 1.1 mL pre-filled syringes with 24 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine. Fine is the lightest gel in the Bonetta range, used for shallow lines, under-eye hollows and the lip line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box gives 2.2 mL of gel in total. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBonetta Fine, Deep or Volume — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick Fine for surface work, Deep for folds and lips, and Volume for structure. The HA concentration is the same in all three; the gel firmness differs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBonetta Fine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonetta-deep\"\u003eBonetta Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonetta-volume\"\u003eBonetta Volume\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm, high viscosity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, under-eye hollows, lip line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA \/ lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e24 mg\/mL HA with 0.3% lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e2 × 1.1 mL pre-filled syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Bonetta Fine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBonetta Fine is non-animal hyaluronic acid, cross-linked into a smooth, clear gel at 24 mg\/mL. It also contains 0.3% lidocaine to make the injection more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soft gel spreads evenly, which helps avoid lumps when it is placed close to the surface. Like every HA filler, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Bonetta Fine used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBonetta Fine is used for fine, shallow wrinkles and delicate areas. Typical uses are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrow's feet and fine lines around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder-eye hollows (tear trough)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine forehead and frown lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerioral lines and lip line definition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShallow nasolabial lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the superficial dermis. It is too soft to lift deep folds — use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bonetta-deep\"\u003eBonetta Deep\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Bonetta Fine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade sources quote 6 to 24 months across the Bonetta range, depending on type, depth and area. As the softest gel, placed near the surface, Fine sits at the short end, at around 6 to 9 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Bonetta Fine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep Bonetta Fine at room temperature, out of direct sunlight, and never freeze it. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box. Each syringe is single use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Bonetta Fine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe supply licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors worldwide from Seoul. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. Read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e. For the eye and lip area, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBonetta Fine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many syringes are in a box of Bonetta Fine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 1.1 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Bonetta Fine contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The gel contains 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Bonetta Fine be used under the eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine is the Bonetta type intended for under-eye hollows and fine periorbital lines. This area needs an experienced injector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Bonetta Fine right for lip volume?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine suits the lip line and light hydration. For fuller lips, Bonetta Deep is the usual choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Bonetta Fine be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868243448090,"sku":null,"price":44.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/BonettaFine.jpg?v=1696141922"},{"product_id":"celosome-aqua-1","title":"Celosome Aqua","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCelosome Aqua\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster from the Celosome range by ExoCoBio, South Korea. Each box holds five 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes of clear gel with 24 mg\/mL HA and 0.9% mannitol. It is used for skin hydration and biorevitalisation rather than for adding volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box gives 12.5 mL in total, enough for several sessions. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Celosome Aqua made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelosome Aqua contains two listed ingredients: non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL and mannitol at 0.9% (9 mg\/mL).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e binds water in the skin. It is the hydrating part of the formula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMannitol\u003c\/strong\u003e is an antioxidant sugar alcohol. In HA products it is added to help protect the HA from breaking down too quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel is transparent, colourless and sterile. Aqua does not contain lidocaine, so many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCelosome Aqua vs Celosome fillers — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua treats skin quality; the four Celosome fillers treat lines and volume. They are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCelosome Aqua\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-soft-1\"\u003eSoft\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-mid-1\"\u003eMid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-strong-1\"\u003eStrong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-implant-1\"\u003eImplant\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003eDermal filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration, skin texture, fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds, contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, cheeks, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdded ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9% mannitol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e0.3% lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2.5 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e1 × 1.1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Celosome Aqua used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelosome Aqua is used to hydrate and refresh skin that looks dry, dull or tired. Typical concerns are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry or dehydrated skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoss of elasticity and early fine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDull or uneven-looking skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFace, neck and other areas where skin quality has dropped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for superficial placement in the skin by a trained professional. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use for technique, depth and volume per session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSkin boosters are normally given as a short course rather than a single treatment. Clinics commonly plan a few sessions several weeks apart, then maintenance. The exact plan should follow the manufacturer's leaflet and the clinician's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Celosome Aqua be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Celosome Aqua at room temperature, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze it. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box. Each syringe is single use — do not keep an opened syringe for another patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Celosome Aqua from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCelosome Aqua FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Celosome Aqua?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive pre-filled syringes of 2.5 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Celosome Aqua a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster for hydration and skin quality. It does not add structural volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Celosome Aqua contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The listed ingredients are hyaluronic acid and mannitol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is mannitol added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMannitol is an antioxidant that helps protect hyaluronic acid from early breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Celosome Aqua wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eSend us\u003c\/a\u003e your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868461060378,"sku":null,"price":76.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/CelosomeAqua.jpg?v=1696058850"},{"product_id":"metoo-healer","title":"Metoo Healer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetoo Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by Maypharm in South Korea. It combines PDRN and hyaluronic acid with 53 supporting actives — vitamins, amino acids, coenzymes, nucleic acids, minerals and an antioxidant. This listing is for a box of ten 3 mL vials. Clinics use it to nourish and hydrate tired skin and to improve tone and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Metoo Healer made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Healer is built on PDRN and hyaluronic acid, plus a 53-part nutrient mix. The manufacturer calls the formula \"PDRN Boost CH\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmino acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclude arginine, lysine and histidine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVitamins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclude a B complex with niacinamide and biotin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoenzymes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport cell metabolism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinerals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrace elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNucleic acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilding blocks of DNA and RNA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtects against oxidative stress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish the concentration of each ingredient. Some suppliers quote 0.5% PDRN; check the box for the figures that apply to your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Metoo Healer used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer says the formula is aimed at fibroblast function. It lists nutrient-rich hydration, a stronger skin barrier, support for skin regeneration, and better tone and texture. Clinics use it for dry, dull or tired skin, fine lines and enlarged pores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Metoo Healer different from a plain PDRN booster?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plain PDRN or PN booster such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e relies on DNA fragments alone. Metoo Healer adds hyaluronic acid and a broad vitamin and amino acid mix, closer to a mesotherapy cocktail. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e sits in between, with PDRN, hyaluronic acid and niacinamide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Metoo Healer used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Healer is supplied in vials for use by a trained professional. The manufacturer lists it as an injectable skin booster. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. We do not publish depths, volumes or session plans for this product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Metoo Healer be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Metoo Healer as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Metoo Healer from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. The Maypharm range also includes \u003ca href=\"\/products\/metox-100u\"\u003eMetox\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMetoo Healer FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Metoo Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen 3 mL vials, as listed for this product. Check the pack details on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many ingredients does Metoo Healer have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN and hyaluronic acid plus 53 supporting actives: 23 amino acids, 12 vitamins, 6 coenzymes, 6 minerals, 5 nucleic acids and 1 antioxidant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Metoo Healer a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with a fish allergy have it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN is usually taken from salmon, so a known fish allergy is a reason not to treat. The treating doctor decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Metoo Healer wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883032629530,"sku":null,"price":251.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MetooHealer.webp?v=1695969620"},{"product_id":"p-cell","title":"P-Cell","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eP-Cell\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by Mediable Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds five 3 mL vials of a concentrated PDRN-based solution. Clinics use it to calm and hydrate stressed skin and to support recovery after procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is P-Cell made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP-Cell is listed as a PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) solution with hyaluronic acid. PDRN is a purified DNA fragment, usually taken from salmon. Hyaluronic acid holds water in the skin. The manufacturer does not publish concentrations in the trade information we could verify, so check the ingredient list printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is P-Cell used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists these skin concerns:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003every dry skin that needs hydration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewrinkles and fine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eredness left by acne\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003escars and skin that heals slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eirritated or stressed skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a soothing, skin-quality product. It does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is P-Cell used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP-Cell must be used the way the manufacturer's instructions describe. The manufacturer's trade listing presents it as a soothing care essence, while some suppliers describe it as an injectable booster. Because the route is not confirmed, we do not publish an injection protocol. Read the leaflet in the box before use and follow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does P-Cell compare with other PDRN boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table shows where P-Cell sits next to PDRN products with a published composition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eP-Cell\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/syniro-pdrn\"\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed actives\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 5 mg\/mL, HA 20 mg\/mL, niacinamide 1 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 2%, HA 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMediable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioPlus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBNC Global\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does P-Cell need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a fixed plan in the information we could verify. Soothing and repair products are normally used as a short course. The professional in charge sets the number of sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should P-Cell be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore P-Cell as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Use each vial for one person and one session, and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying P-Cell from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e for a polynucleotide option. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eP-Cell FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes P-Cell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMediable Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive 3 mL vials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide — purified DNA fragments used in skin-repair products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs P-Cell injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions in the box. The route of use is not confirmed in the manufacturer information we could verify, so we do not publish an injection protocol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs P-Cell a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin-quality product and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order P-Cell wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883033186586,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/P-Cell.webp?v=1695969938"},{"product_id":"regenovue-aqua-shine","title":"Regenovue Aqua Shine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster made by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds three 3 mL pre-filled syringes of non-cross-linked HA at 15 mg\/mL. Clinics use it to hydrate dry, dull skin and give a fresh, even glow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a skin-quality treatment, not a volume filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAqua Shine, Aqua Shine Plus or Regenovue PN — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by how long you want the hydration to last and whether you also want a repair ingredient. All three come from the same maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-pn\"\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimally cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHA plus salmon polynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger-lasting hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration plus skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker's session plan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, monthly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, every 2 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weekly sessions, then every 2–3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Shine is the lightest of the three. It suits first-time patients and regular \"glow\" sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine is purified, non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid at 15 mg\/mL. The maker lists no other active ingredient. Because the HA is not cross-linked, the gel is fluid and spreads evenly in the skin instead of forming volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve skin hydration, texture and radiance. Typical patients have dry or tired-looking skin, fine dryness lines or a rough surface. It is used on the face and can also be used on the neck, décolleté and backs of the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue Aqua Shine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine is injected into the skin in many small deposits by a trained professional, by hand or with a multi-needle injector. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. Depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Regenovue Aqua Shine need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer suggests at least three sessions, one month apart. It states that the effect lasts more than three months. The plan can be changed to suit the patient's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue Aqua Shine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Regenovue Aqua Shine as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue Aqua Shine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaron-1\"\u003eHyaron\u003c\/a\u003e, another non-cross-linked HA booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue Aqua Shine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 3 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Aqua Shine a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a fluid, non-cross-linked HA skin booster. It hydrates the skin and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Aqua Shine and Aqua Shine Plus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Shine uses non-cross-linked HA. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e uses minimally cross-linked HA, which the maker says lasts longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Aqua Shine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states more than three months after a course of at least three sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Aqua Shine wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883033612570,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovueAquaShine.webp?v=1695970235"},{"product_id":"regenovue-pn","title":"Regenovue PN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster from the Regenovue range by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea. It combines hyaluronic acid (HA) with polynucleotide (PN) taken from salmon DNA, in one 3 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics use it to hydrate the skin and support its repair at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a skin-quality treatment, not a volume filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue PN, Aqua Shine or Aqua Shine Plus — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Regenovue PN when the skin needs repair as well as water — for example thin, tired or sun-damaged skin. The Aqua Shine products contain HA only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimally cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHA plus salmon polynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger-lasting hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration plus skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker's session plan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, monthly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, every 2 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weekly sessions, then every 2–3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue PN made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue PN has two active ingredients: hyaluronic acid and salmon-derived polynucleotide. Trade information lists 15 mg of HA and 5 mg of PN for the 3 mL syringe. Suppliers give slightly different figures, so check the composition printed on the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a chain of DNA fragments. It is used to support fibroblasts, the cells that make collagen and elastin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue PN used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve moisture, elasticity and the skin barrier, and to soften fine lines. It is used on the face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue PN used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the upper layers of the skin. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. Depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Regenovue PN need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade information for the product suggests four to five sessions, one week apart, then a maintenance session every two to three months. The effect is described as lasting about six months. The treating clinician sets the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue PN be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Regenovue PN as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue PN from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other salmon-DNA boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue PN FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue PN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt belongs to the Regenovue range by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 3 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PN mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotide — purified DNA fragments, here taken from salmon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Regenovue PN a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with a fish allergy have it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePN comes from salmon, so a known fish allergy is a reason not to treat. The treating doctor decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Regenovue PN wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883034169626,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovuePN.jpg?v=1695971453"},{"product_id":"rejeunesse-sparkle-1","title":"Rejeunesse Sparkle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle\u003c\/strong\u003e is the skin booster in the Rejeunesse hyaluronic acid range from South Korea. Each box holds three 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes. The gel contains 20 mg\/mL of cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine. It has a very low viscosity, so it is used for surface hydration and fine lines, not for volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs Rejeunesse Sparkle a skin booster or a filler?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle is a skin booster. It uses cross-linked HA like a filler, but the gel is much thinner and is placed higher in the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClassic HA dermal filler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery low viscosity and elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer, shape-holding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlaced in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid dermis to deep tissue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration, texture, fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, lips, volume, contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor folds, lips or contour work, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejeunesse Sparkle made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle contains 20 mg\/mL of cross-linked hyaluronic acid and 0.3% lidocaine. Cross-linking helps the HA stay in the skin longer than a free HA solution. The lidocaine numbs the area as you inject.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejeunesse Sparkle used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to hydrate the upper skin and to soften fine surface lines, such as lines around the mouth and eyes and on the forehead. It is also used to improve dull, dry or rough skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejeunesse Sparkle used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the superficial to mid dermis. The gel already contains lidocaine; for sensitive areas many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e. Volume per point and the number of sessions should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Rejeunesse Sparkle last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer information we could verify does not give a fixed duration. Suppliers often quote six to eight months. How long it lasts depends on the area, the amount placed and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejeunesse Sparkle be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Rejeunesse Sparkle between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The listed shelf life is 24 months; check the date on the box. Each syringe is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejeunesse Sparkle from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e, a lightly cross-linked HA booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejeunesse Sparkle contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the hyaluronic acid cross-linked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is cross-linked HA at 20 mg\/mL in a very thin gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejeunesse Sparkle be used for lip volume?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too thin to build volume. Use a dermal filler for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejeunesse Sparkle be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Rejeunesse Sparkle wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883034628378,"sku":null,"price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejeunesseSparkle.jpg?v=1695971765"},{"product_id":"rejuran","title":"Rejuran Healer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds two 2 mL pre-filled syringes of 2% PN, purified from salmon DNA. Clinics use it across the whole face and neck to improve skin texture, fine lines, pore size and elasticity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the original product in the Rejuran range. We ship it from Seoul in original packaging. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran Healer made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only active ingredient is polynucleotide at 2% (20 mg per mL). PN is a long chain of purified DNA fragments taken from salmon. There is no hyaluronic acid and no lidocaine in the syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran Healer is a skin booster, not a filler. PN binds water in the dermis and is reported to support fibroblasts, the cells that make collagen. The skin is not filled; it slowly becomes denser and smoother.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran Healer vs HB vs I vs S — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Healer for overall skin quality on the full face. The other three are the same PN idea adjusted for one job: comfort and hydration (HB), the eye area (I) or scars (S).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics pair two products in one visit: Healer for the face and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e for the thin skin under the eyes. For a patient with old acne marks, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e is placed under each scar and Healer is used on the skin around it. If a patient finds PN injections too sore, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e is the gentler option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions of Rejuran Healer are needed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost published clinic plans use three to four sessions, three to four weeks apart, then one maintenance session every 6 to 12 months. The table below is a typical reference plan, not a rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTiming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsual amount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe for a full face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 3–4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 6–8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 4 (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 9–12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 6–12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box covers two full-face sessions, so two boxes cover a four-session course for one patient. The treating clinician sets the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran Healer injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected into the dermis with a fine needle, in a grid of small droplets about 1 cm apart. Each point takes a very small amount, often around 0.05 mL. Small raised bumps are normal and usually flatten within one to three days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe syringe has no anaesthetic, so most clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for 20 to 30 minutes first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show and how long do they last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResults are gradual. Skin often looks more even and hydrated two to four weeks after a session, and improves further with each visit. After a full course, clinics commonly report results lasting around 6 to 12 months. This varies with age, skin condition and lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran Healer be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box at room temperature as printed on the packaging, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran Healer from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e, another PN booster we stock. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran Healer FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Rejuran Healer a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a polynucleotide skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 2 mL each, 4 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran Healer contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. If you want PN with built-in lidocaine, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRejuran Healer or Rejuran I for under the eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I. It is a thinner 1% PN gel made for the fine skin around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Rejuran Healer wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and country for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883035119898,"sku":null,"price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Rejuran.jpg?v=1695972099"},{"product_id":"rejuran-hb","title":"Rejuran HB","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster from PharmaResearch in South Korea that combines salmon-derived polynucleotide (PN) with hyaluronic acid (HA) and lidocaine. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics choose it for dry, dull skin and for patients who find standard PN injections too sore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent stock is sold under the name Rejuran HB Plus, the version with lidocaine in the syringe. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran HB made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran HB has three ingredients: sodium polynucleotide, sodium hyaluronate and lidocaine hydrochloride. PN supports skin repair, HA holds water in the skin, and lidocaine numbs the area as you inject.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact strength of each ingredient is printed on the box. The HA is there for hydration, not volume, so Rejuran HB is a skin booster and not a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran HB vs Healer, I and S — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick Rejuran HB when hydration and comfort matter most. Pick \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e when you want PN alone at 2% for the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause HA and lidocaine share the syringe, HB carries less PN per mL than Healer. In return, the injection is much more comfortable and the skin gets an early \"water glow\" from the HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran HB used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran HB is injected into the dermis in small droplets across the treatment area. Clinics commonly plan three sessions, two to four weeks apart, with maintenance every 6 to 12 months. Small bumps at the injection points usually settle in one to two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier listings give the face, neck, décolleté and backs of the hands as treatment areas. The treating clinician decides the amount and the plan for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat results can patients expect?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatients usually notice fresher, better-hydrated skin first, because HA works quickly. The PN effect on texture, fine lines and elasticity builds over the course. Clinics commonly report results lasting 6 to 12 months after a full course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran HB be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box as printed on the packaging, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the seal and expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran HB from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran HB FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran HB?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran HB contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Rejuran HB Plus has lidocaine in the syringe to reduce injection pain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Rejuran HB a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a PN and HA skin booster. It hydrates and supports skin repair but does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRejuran HB or Rejuran Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHB for dry skin and low pain tolerance. Healer for a stronger PN-only treatment of the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883035644186,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejuranHB.jpg?v=1695972539"},{"product_id":"rejuran-i","title":"Rejuran I","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster for the eye area, made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 1% PN from salmon DNA. Clinics use it on the thin skin under and around the eyes for fine lines, crepey texture and a tired look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel is thinner than Rejuran Healer, so it spreads evenly where skin is delicate. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran I made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I contains polynucleotide at 1% (10 mg per mL) and nothing else active. There is no hyaluronic acid and no lidocaine. The lower strength and lower viscosity are what make it suitable for eyelid and under-eye skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran I vs Healer, HB and S — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Rejuran I for the eye area only. For the rest of the face, clinics use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common plan is Healer for the full face and Rejuran I around the eyes in the same visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Rejuran I treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I is used for fine lines under the eyes, crow's feet and thin, crepey eyelid skin. By making the skin slightly denser, it can also make dark circles caused by thin skin look less obvious. It does not fill a hollow tear trough. That needs a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003esoft dermal filler\u003c\/a\u003e and a different technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran I used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected very superficially into the dermis in tiny droplets with a fine needle. Supplier listings describe four sessions, two weeks apart, then maintenance about every six months. Small bumps are normal and usually settle within one to two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skin here bruises easily, so slow injection and small amounts per point matter. The treating clinician sets the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges are gradual. Supplier information reports visible improvement around four weeks after injection, building across the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran I be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, in a sealed container away from light. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran I from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, and add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e since the syringe has no anaesthetic. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran I FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran I?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is Rejuran I?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1% polynucleotide, half the strength of Rejuran Healer, in a thinner gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran I contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Clinics usually apply a topical numbing cream first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejuran I replace a tear trough filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It improves skin quality but does not replace lost volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883036332314,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/eng_pl_Rejuran-I-lidocaine-1x-1-ml-35_1.jpg?v=1747460845"},{"product_id":"meline-classic-lidocaine","title":"Meline Classic Lidocaine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeline Classic Lidocaine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a monophasic hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler from BioStandard Inc. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the softest gel in the Meline range and is used for fine lines on the forehead and between the brows, crow's feet, neck and décolleté lines, and lip shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMeline Classic, Deep or Volume — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth and by how much lift you need. All three gels share the same HA and lidocaine content; they differ in density. Meline Classic Lidocaine is the softest option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeline Classic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/meline-deep-lidocaine\"\u003eMeline Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/meline-volume-lidocaine\"\u003eMeline Volume\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLowest density\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium density\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHighest density\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine surface lines, lip shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePronounced wrinkles, nasolabial folds, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds, chin, cheekbones, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReported duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9–15 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–18 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with 0.3% lidocaine, 1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurations are figures reported by distributors, not guarantees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Meline Classic Lidocaine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeline Classic Lidocaine is stabilised, non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL, cross-linked into a smooth monophasic gel. Monophasic means the gel is one uniform phase without separate particles in a carrier, so it spreads evenly in the tissue. The 0.3% lidocaine numbs the area as you inject.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Meline Classic Lidocaine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeline Classic Lidocaine is the gel for thin skin and shallow lines. Use it for fine forehead and frown lines, crow's feet and other lines around the eyes, neck and décolleté lines, and careful work on lip shape. It is too soft to build volume or lift a deep fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Meline Classic Lidocaine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeline Classic Lidocaine is injected into the superficial dermis. Distributor listings show a 30G needle for this gel; check the needles packed in your box. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lips and other sensitive areas, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Meline Classic Lidocaine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 6 to 12 months for Meline Classic Lidocaine. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Meline Classic Lidocaine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Meline Classic Lidocaine at the temperature printed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Meline Classic Lidocaine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMeline Classic Lidocaine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Meline?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBioStandard Inc., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel with 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Meline Classic different from the other Meline gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the softest gel. All three have the same HA concentration but differ in density and injection depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Meline Classic Lidocaine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 6 to 12 months, depending on the area and patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Meline be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Meline Classic Lidocaine wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883037315354,"sku":null,"price":33.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MelineClassicLidocaine.webp?v=1696141898"},{"product_id":"metoo-fill-light","title":"Metoo Fill Light","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetoo Fill Light\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Maypharm Co., Ltd. in South Korea. It is supplied as one pre-filled syringe per box. Metoo Fill Light is the softest gel in the Metoo Fill range and is used for small wrinkles, forehead lines and fine lines around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMetoo Fill Light, Deep or Volume — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Metoo Fill Light is the softest option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMetoo Fill Light\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metoo-fill-deep\"\u003eMetoo Fill Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metoo-fill-volume\"\u003eMetoo Fill Volume\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall wrinkles, forehead lines, fine lines around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLips, nasolabial folds, marionette lines, deep wrinkles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds, chin, cheekbones, nose shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003eMaypharm Co., Ltd., South Korea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Metoo Fill Light made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Fill Light is a monophasic gel of cross-linked hyaluronic acid. Maypharm describes three steps behind the Metoo Fill range: a microbead monophasic structure for an even gel, a three-stage cross-linking process with DVS, and a purification step after cross-linking. The maker states an HA network purity of over 97%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HA concentration, the syringe volume and whether your batch contains lidocaine are printed on the box. Check them before use, or ask us before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Metoo Fill Light treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Fill Light is the gel for shallow lines. The supplier lists small wrinkles, forehead lines and fine lines around the eyes. It is too soft to build volume or lift a deep fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Metoo Fill Light used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Fill Light is placed in the superficial dermis. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lips and other sensitive areas, many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Metoo Fill Light last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm describes Metoo Fill as longer-lasting than conventional HA gels but does not publish a fixed figure. As with any HA filler, softer gels in mobile areas fade sooner than firm gels placed deep. Duration depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Metoo Fill Light be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Metoo Fill Light at the temperature printed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Metoo Fill Light from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. From the same maker we also stock \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mayfill\"\u003eMayfill\u003c\/a\u003e filler and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/metox-100u\"\u003eMetox 100U\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMetoo Fill Light FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Metoo Fill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne pre-filled syringe of hyaluronic acid gel. Volume and concentration are printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Metoo Fill Light different from the other Metoo Fill gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the softest gel in the range. The gels differ in firmness and in how deep they are placed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Metoo Fill contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the box of your batch, or ask us before ordering. Published information on this point is not consistent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Metoo Fill be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Metoo Fill Light wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883039150362,"sku":null,"price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MetooFillLight.jpg?v=1696141871"},{"product_id":"monalisa-soft","title":"Monalisa Soft","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMonalisa Soft\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Genoss Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL cross-linked HA. This listing is the original Monalisa Soft, sold without \"Lidocaine\" in its name. It is the softest gel in the Monalisa range, with a particle size of about 200 µm, and is used for fine lines, crow's feet and the area around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the anaesthetic built in, order \u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-soft-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e, which adds 0.3% lidocaine to the same gel. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMonalisa Soft, Mild, Hard or Ultra — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and depth. Small particles suit shallow lines; large particles hold shape for contouring. Monalisa Soft is the 200 µm option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMild\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery firm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous \/ on bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper wrinkles, nasolabial folds, marionette lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium to deep wrinkles; chin, nose, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrong contouring: nose, chin, jaw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWith lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-soft-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-mild-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Mild Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-hard-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Hard Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-ultra-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Ultra Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWithout lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonalisa Soft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-mild\"\u003eMonalisa Mild\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-hard\"\u003eMonalisa Hard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Monalisa Soft made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonalisa Soft is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL, cross-linked into a clear, colourless gel. Genoss makes it with its Hy-BRID technology, which is designed to produce dense, uniform HA particles. This listing is the version without added anaesthetic. Confirm on the box that your batch is the plain version before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Monalisa Soft treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonalisa Soft is the gel for thin skin and shallow lines. Use it for fine lines, crow's feet and the periorbital area, including careful tear-trough work by experienced injectors. It is too soft to build volume or lift a deep fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Monalisa Soft used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonalisa Soft is injected into the superficial dermis. The box includes two needles; use those or a cannula of suitable size for the area. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs this version has no built-in anaesthetic, most clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e or use a nerve block first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Monalisa Soft last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenoss states that volume is maintained for at least 6 months before the gel starts to break down. Distributors commonly cite 6 to 12 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Monalisa Soft be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Monalisa Soft from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMonalisa Soft FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Monalisa?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenoss Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 24 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel, plus needles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is the version without lidocaine. Monalisa Soft Lidocaine is the version with 0.3% lidocaine. Check the box to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Monalisa Soft different from the other Monalisa gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the softest gel, with particles of about 200 µm. All types share 24 mg\/mL HA but differ in particle size and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Monalisa be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Monalisa Soft wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883042820378,"sku":null,"price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MonalisaSoft.jpg?v=1696141535"},{"product_id":"monalisa-soft-lidocaine","title":"Monalisa Soft Lidocaine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Genoss Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the softest gel in the Monalisa range, with a particle size of about 200 µm, and is used for fine lines, crow's feet and the area around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same gel is also listed without the anaesthetic as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-soft\"\u003eMonalisa Soft\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMonalisa Soft, Mild, Hard or Ultra — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and depth. Small particles suit shallow lines; large particles hold shape for contouring. Monalisa Soft Lidocaine is the 200 µm option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMild\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery firm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous \/ on bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper wrinkles, nasolabial folds, marionette lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium to deep wrinkles; chin, nose, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrong contouring: nose, chin, jaw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWith lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-mild-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Mild Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-hard-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Hard Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-ultra-lidocaine\"\u003eMonalisa Ultra Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWithout lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-soft\"\u003eMonalisa Soft\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-mild\"\u003eMonalisa Mild\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/monalisa-hard\"\u003eMonalisa Hard\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Monalisa Soft Lidocaine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL, cross-linked into a clear, colourless gel. Genoss makes it with its Hy-BRID technology, which is designed to produce dense, uniform HA particles. The 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel numbs the area as you inject.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Monalisa Soft Lidocaine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine is the gel for thin skin and shallow lines. Use it for fine lines, crow's feet and the periorbital area, including careful tear-trough work by experienced injectors. It is too soft to build volume or lift a deep fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Monalisa Soft Lidocaine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine is injected into the superficial dermis. The box includes two needles; use those or a cannula of suitable size for the area. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sensitive areas, many clinics still apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Monalisa Soft Lidocaine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenoss states that volume is maintained for at least 6 months before the gel starts to break down. Distributors commonly cite 6 to 12 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Monalisa Soft Lidocaine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Monalisa Soft Lidocaine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMonalisa Soft Lidocaine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Monalisa?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenoss Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 24 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel with 0.3% lidocaine, plus needles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Monalisa Soft different from the other Monalisa gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the softest gel, with particles of about 200 µm. All types share 24 mg\/mL HA but differ in particle size and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Monalisa be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Monalisa Soft Lidocaine wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883043377434,"sku":null,"price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MonalisaSoftLidocaine.png?v=1696141521"},{"product_id":"neuramis-lidocaine-1","title":"Neuramis Lidocaine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeuramis Lidocaine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by Medytox in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the standard, medium gel of the Neuramis range and is used for medium wrinkles and folds and for lip shape and volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Neuramis filler do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth and by whether you want lidocaine in the gel. Neuramis Lidocaine is the medium option. Pick it when you need one gel for everyday folds and lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeuramis Lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/neuramis-deep-1\"\u003eNeuramis Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/neuramis-deep-lidocaine-1\"\u003eNeuramis Deep Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/neuramis-volume-lidocaine\"\u003eNeuramis Volume Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium folds, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper folds, lips, contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeeper folds, lips, contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid, 1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Neuramis Lidocaine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeuramis Lidocaine is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL, cross-linked with BDDE into a clear, smooth, monophasic gel. Medytox makes it with its SHAPE technology: the HA is cross-linked in two steps and then purified. The aim is a stable gel that holds its shape with little leftover cross-linker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel also contains 0.3% lidocaine, a local anaesthetic that reduces discomfort during injection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Neuramis Lidocaine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeuramis Lidocaine treats medium-depth lines and folds, such as nasolabial folds and marionette lines. It is also used to add volume to the lips and define their outline. The gel is soft enough to follow facial movement, so it suits areas that move a lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Neuramis Lidocaine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeuramis Lidocaine is injected into the mid dermis. A fine needle is supplied in the box; many injectors use 30G for this gel. Inject slowly and in small amounts. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Neuramis Lidocaine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites results of up to about 9 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Neuramis Lidocaine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Supplier information gives a shelf life of 24 months from manufacture; check the expiry date on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Neuramis Lidocaine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNeuramis Lidocaine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Neuramis?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedytox, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Neuramis Lidocaine contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Neuramis Lidocaine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to about 9 months, depending on the area and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Neuramis Lidocaine be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883045933338,"sku":null,"price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/NeuramisLidocaine.jpg?v=1696141482"},{"product_id":"regenovue-aqua-shine-plus","title":"Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster made by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds three 3 mL pre-filled syringes of minimally cross-linked HA at 15 mg\/mL. It is the longer-lasting version of Aqua Shine, used to hydrate the skin and improve its texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a skin-quality treatment, not a volume filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAqua Shine Plus, Aqua Shine or Regenovue PN — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Aqua Shine Plus when you want hydration that lasts longer between sessions. Light cross-linking slows the breakdown of the HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-pn\"\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimally cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHA plus salmon polynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger-lasting hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration plus skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker's session plan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, monthly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, every 2 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weekly sessions, then every 2–3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics start a patient on Aqua Shine and move to Aqua Shine Plus for maintenance with fewer visits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus is hyaluronic acid at 15 mg\/mL that has been lightly (\"minimally\") cross-linked. This keeps the gel soft enough to spread in the skin while helping it stay longer than free HA. The manufacturer's brochure lists no other active ingredient. Some suppliers mention lidocaine; check the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve hydration, elasticity and surface texture, and to soften fine lines caused by dryness. It is used on the face, including the forehead, around the eyes and mouth, and on the neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the skin, by hand or with a multi-needle injector. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. Depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer suggests at least three sessions, two months apart. It states that the effect lasts more than six months. The plan can be changed to suit the patient's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For lines that need real volume, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 3 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the HA cross-linked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but only lightly. The maker calls it minimally cross-linked HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from Aqua Shine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e uses non-cross-linked HA and is repeated monthly. Aqua Shine Plus is lightly cross-linked and is repeated every two months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Aqua Shine Plus last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states more than six months after a course of at least three sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Aqua Shine Plus wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883046949146,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovueAquaShinePlus.jpg?v=1696141403"},{"product_id":"regenovue-fine","title":"Regenovue Fine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue Fine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one pre-filled syringe of 24 mg\/mL HA. It is the soft gel of the Regenovue range, without lidocaine, and is used for fine, superficial lines such as crow's feet, perioral lines and neck lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Fine, Deep or Sub-Q — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Each gel comes in a standard version and a Plus version with lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegenovue Fine \/ \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-fine-plus\"\u003eFine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-deep\"\u003eRegenovue Deep\u003c\/a\u003e \/ \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-deep-plus\"\u003eDeep Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-sub-q\"\u003eRegenovue Sub-Q\u003c\/a\u003e \/ \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-sub-q-plus\"\u003eSub-Q Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, neck lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline, nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical needle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G or cannula\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003eNone in the standard gels; 0.3% in the Plus gels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e24 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Fine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Fine is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL, cross-linked with BDDE. NeoGenesis describes it as a monophasic gel: one smooth, even phase with no loose particles, designed to spread evenly and hold its shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis standard version has no lidocaine in the gel. The same gel with 0.3% lidocaine is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-fine-plus\"\u003eRegenovue Fine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's trade listing gives a fill volume of 1 mL for the standard gels. Check the volume printed on your box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Regenovue Fine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Fine is a soft gel for thin skin. Doctors use it for crow's feet, fine forehead and glabellar lines, lines around the mouth and neck folds. It spreads evenly, which lowers the risk of visible lumps near the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue Fine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Fine is injected into the superficial (upper) dermis. Distributors list a 30G needle for this gel. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because there is no lidocaine in the gel, plan a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e or local anaesthesia as needed. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Regenovue Fine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites results of about 8 to 12 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue Fine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The manufacturer lists a shelf life of 24 months; check the expiry date on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue Fine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e to compare. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Fine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Regenovue Fine contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose Regenovue Fine Plus if you want lidocaine in the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Regenovue Fine different from the other Regenovue gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the soft gel. All gels have 24 mg\/mL HA but differ in firmness and injection depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Regenovue Fine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 8 to 12 months, depending on the area and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Regenovue Fine be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883049013530,"sku":null,"price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovueFine.jpg?v=1696141376"},{"product_id":"regenovue-fine-plus","title":"Regenovue Fine Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue Fine Plus\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one pre-filled syringe of 24 mg\/mL HA with 0.3% lidocaine. It is the soft gel of the Regenovue range, with lidocaine added, and is used for fine, superficial lines such as crow's feet, perioral lines and neck lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Fine, Deep or Sub-Q — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Each gel comes in a standard version and a Plus version with lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-fine\"\u003eRegenovue Fine\u003c\/a\u003e \/ Fine Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-deep\"\u003eRegenovue Deep\u003c\/a\u003e \/ \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-deep-plus\"\u003eDeep Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-sub-q\"\u003eRegenovue Sub-Q\u003c\/a\u003e \/ \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-sub-q-plus\"\u003eSub-Q Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, neck lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline, nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical needle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G or cannula\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003eNone in the standard gels; 0.3% in the Plus gels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e24 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Fine Plus made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Fine Plus is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL, cross-linked with BDDE. NeoGenesis describes it as a monophasic gel: one smooth, even phase with no loose particles, designed to spread evenly and hold its shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Plus\" means lidocaine: the gel contains 0.3% lidocaine (3 mg\/mL) to ease discomfort during injection. The same gel without anaesthetic is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-fine\"\u003eRegenovue Fine\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's trade listing gives a fill volume of 1.1 mL for the Plus gels. Check the volume printed on your box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Regenovue Fine Plus treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Fine Plus is a soft gel for thin skin. Doctors use it for crow's feet, fine forehead and glabellar lines, lines around the mouth and neck folds. It spreads evenly, which lowers the risk of visible lumps near the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue Fine Plus used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Fine Plus is injected into the superficial (upper) dermis. Distributors list a 30G needle for this gel. Inject slowly and in small amounts. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Regenovue Fine Plus last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites results of about 8 to 12 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue Fine Plus be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The manufacturer lists a shelf life of 24 months; check the expiry date on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue Fine Plus from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e to compare. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Fine Plus FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Regenovue Fine Plus contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Plus gels contain 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Regenovue Fine Plus different from the other Regenovue gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the soft gel. All gels have 24 mg\/mL HA but differ in firmness and injection depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Regenovue Fine Plus last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 8 to 12 months, depending on the area and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Regenovue Fine Plus be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883049373978,"sku":null,"price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovueFinePlus.jpg?v=1696141371"},{"product_id":"rejeunesse-fine-1","title":"Rejeunesse Fine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejeunesse Fine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by NewMedic Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the soft gel of the Rejeunesse range and is used for fine to medium lines such as crow's feet, perioral lines and the lip border.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejeunesse Fine, Deep or Shape — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Rejeunesse Fine is the soft option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRejeunesse Fine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejeunesse-deep-1\"\u003eRejeunesse Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejeunesse-shape-1\"\u003eRejeunesse Shape\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline, nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e24 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine, 1.1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejeunesse Fine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Fine is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL, cross-linked with BDDE. NewMedic makes it with its UPHEC process, a multi-stage purification step that is meant to leave very little residual cross-linker in the finished gel. All three Rejeunesse gels share the same HA concentration; what changes is how firm the gel is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel eases discomfort as you inject. For sensitive areas, many clinics still apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003etopical numbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Rejeunesse Fine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Fine is a soft gel for thin skin. Doctors use it for crow's feet, lines around the mouth, fine forehead lines, neck lines and careful work on the lip contour. It spreads evenly, which lowers the risk of lumps near the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejeunesse Fine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Fine is injected into the superficial to mid dermis. Supplier information lists two 30G needles in the box. Inject slowly and in small amounts. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Rejeunesse Fine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites results of about 8 to 12 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejeunesse Fine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Supplier information gives a shelf life of 24 months from manufacture; check the expiry date on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejeunesse Fine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e to compare. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejeunesse Fine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejeunesse?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNewMedic Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe of 24 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel with 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Rejeunesse Fine different from the other Rejeunesse gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the soft gel. All three have the same HA and lidocaine content but differ in firmness and injection depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Rejeunesse Fine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 8 to 12 months, depending on the area and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejeunesse Fine be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883051110682,"sku":null,"price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejeunesseFine.jpg?v=1696141320"},{"product_id":"melsmon","title":"Melsmon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMelsmon\u003c\/strong\u003e is a human placenta extract injection made by Melsmon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. in Japan. Each 2 mL ampoule holds 100 mg of water-soluble substance from broken-down human placental villi. This listing is a box of 50 ampoules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelsmon is a prescription-type injectable. This page sets out what is in the ampoule, how it is packed and how to store it. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Melsmon made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelsmon contains one active substance and one excipient. The figures below are from the manufacturer's package insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer 2 mL ampoule\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mg water-soluble substance of hydrolysed human placental villi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcipient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenzyl alcohol 0.03 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear, slightly yellow liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8–7.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMelsmon vs Laennec and other placenta injections — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey share a source but they are not the same medicine. Each maker uses its own process, so the amount and type of active differ. Do not swap one for another without checking the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive as listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmount per 2 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack on this site\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMelsmon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta extract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 ampoules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/laennec-inj\"\u003eLaennec\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta hydrolysate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL ampoules, count as printed on the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/jbp-plamon-human-placenta-extract-inj\"\u003eJBP Plamon\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta extract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs printed on the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ampoules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/plagensia-10a\"\u003ePlagensia 10A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs printed on the ampoule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ampoules, no outer box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/placein-m\"\u003ePlacein M\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta extract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs printed on the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Melsmon used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's insert lists Melsmon for menopausal symptoms and for insufficient lactation, given by subcutaneous injection. We do not make skin or anti-ageing claims for it. Whether it suits a patient is a decision for the prescribing clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Melsmon dosed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDosing follows the product insert and the prescribing clinician. We do not publish dose, frequency or course length for prescription-type injectables, and nothing on this page replaces the insert in the box. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Melsmon be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Melsmon at room temperature, away from light. The insert gives a shelf life of 3 years from manufacture — check the date printed on the box. Keep ampoules sealed in the carton until use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat should clinics know before using Melsmon?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a medicine made from human placenta. Donor screening and heat treatment lower the risk of passing on infection, but they cannot remove it completely. Explain this to the patient and obtain consent before treatment. Record the batch number in the patient file. In some countries people who have received a human placenta injection may no longer donate blood, so raise this at the consultation. Do not use it in patients who have reacted to it before.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Melsmon from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship Melsmon worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, browse our other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vitamins-injectables\"\u003evitamin and nutrient injectables\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMelsmon FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Melsmon?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelsmon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Japan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many ampoules are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is a box of 50 ampoules of 2 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Melsmon contain a preservative?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Each ampoule contains 0.03 mL of benzyl alcohol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Melsmon need to be kept in the fridge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The insert states room temperature storage, away from light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Melsmon the same as Laennec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Melsmon lists 100 mg of placenta extract per ampoule and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/laennec-inj\"\u003eLaennec\u003c\/a\u003e lists 112 mg of placenta hydrolysate. They are made by different companies with different processes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883051864346,"sku":null,"price":352.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Melsmon.png?v=1696057557"},{"product_id":"miracle-h-1","title":"Miracle H","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/strong\u003e is a liquid polycaprolactone (PCL) skin booster with added hyaluronic acid, from the Miracle range by Dexlevo in South Korea. Each box holds 5 vials of 2 mL. The formula combines 20% PCL, which prompts the skin to build new collagen, with 1% non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid for hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the hydrating version of \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e. Clinics use it for dry, thin or dull skin that also needs firming. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle H made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle H contains 20% polycaprolactone in a particle-free colloid and 1% hyaluronic acid. The carrier includes polyethylene glycol, glycerin, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium lactate and sodium pyroglutamic acid, which hold water in the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the PCL is dissolved rather than suspended as microspheres, the liquid is even and does not leave lumps. It also passes through a very fine needle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle H vs Miracle L — which one should you stock?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Miracle H when hydration matters as much as firmness, and Miracle L when you want PCL alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePCL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%, non-cross-linked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollagen support plus hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollagen support and firmness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry, dull, finely lined skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLax skin; patients who prefer no HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Miracle H work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works in two steps. The hyaluronic acid binds water straight away, so skin looks fresher early on. The PCL then breaks down slowly and signals fibroblasts to make new collagen over the following weeks and months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Miracle H used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle H is placed into the dermis by a trained professional using a mesotherapy technique. Distributors describe use on the face, neck and back of the hands with a fine 31G needle, and no massage afterwards. A course of 2–3 sessions about four weeks apart is commonly described. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Miracle H last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported results last around 6 to 12 months. Texture and hydration tend to improve within about four weeks, while firmness builds more slowly as collagen forms. Results vary by patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Miracle H be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date printed on the box and use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Miracle H from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003eKorean biostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e. For pigmentation, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-br\"\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/a\u003e from the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle H FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the H in Miracle H stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt marks the version with hyaluronic acid. Miracle L is the version without it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2 mL each, 10 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Miracle H a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It does not add volume. It is a liquid collagen stimulator that works on skin quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Miracle H contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Miracle H wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883052355866,"sku":null,"price":215.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MiracleH.webp?v=1696055857"},{"product_id":"miracle-l","title":"Miracle L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/strong\u003e is a liquid polycaprolactone (PCL) collagen stimulator from the Miracle range by Dexlevo in South Korea. Each box holds 5 vials of 2 mL. The formula is built on 20% PCL in a particle-free solution and contains no hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics use it to firm lax skin and soften lines by supporting the skin's own collagen. If you also want added hydration, look at \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-h-1\"\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle L made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle L contains 20% polycaprolactone, a biodegradable polymer, dissolved into a smooth liquid. The carrier includes polyethylene glycol, glycerin, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium lactate and sodium pyroglutamic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClassic PCL products use solid microspheres. Miracle L uses solubilised PCL instead, so there are no large particles. That lets it spread evenly and pass through a very fine needle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle L vs Miracle H — which one should you stock?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Miracle L for PCL alone, and Miracle H when the skin also needs hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-h-1\"\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePCL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%, non-cross-linked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollagen support and firmness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollagen support plus hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLax skin, lines, patients who prefer no HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry, dull, finely lined skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Miracle L work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle L works by collagen stimulation. Once placed in the dermis, the PCL breaks down slowly. As it does, it signals fibroblasts to produce new collagen. The skin gradually becomes firmer and more elastic. It does not add volume like a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Miracle L used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle L is placed into the dermis by a trained professional, with a syringe or a mesotherapy injector. Distributors describe a fine 31G needle and use on the face, neck, hands and décolletage. A course of up to 3–4 sessions about four weeks apart is commonly described. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Miracle L last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported results last up to about 12 months. First changes are often seen from one week, and firmness keeps building over the following months as new collagen forms. Results vary by patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Miracle L be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date printed on the box and use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Miracle L from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003eKorean biostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuner-gold-label\"\u003eRejuner Gold Label\u003c\/a\u003e, another liquid PCL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle L FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Miracle L contain hyaluronic acid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Miracle L is PCL-based only. Miracle H is the version with 1% hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2 mL each, 10 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Miracle L a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a liquid collagen stimulator. It improves firmness and skin quality rather than adding volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Miracle L contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Miracle L wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883052847386,"sku":null,"price":221.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MiracleL.webp?v=1696057533"},{"product_id":"miracle-touch-br","title":"Miracle Touch BR","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brightening skin booster from the Korean Miracle range. Each box holds 5 vials of 2 mL. The formula combines three oligopeptides, vitamin C, niacinamide, hyaluronic acid and the Brightening Complex XT80. It is made for skin with dark spots, uneven tone and dullness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBR is the tone-focused product in the range. For firmness, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-up\"\u003eMiracle Touch Up\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle Touch BR made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Touch BR is built on peptides and vitamins rather than a filler gel. The main ingredients are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOligopeptide-34, -50 and -51\u003c\/strong\u003e — biomimetic peptides used in brightening care to act on the melanin pathway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrightening Complex XT80\u003c\/strong\u003e — a blend of amino acids and vitamins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C\u003c\/strong\u003e — an antioxidant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNiacinamide\u003c\/strong\u003e — supports an even tone and the skin barrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual concentrations are not published, so we do not quote them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle Touch BR used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to even out skin tone. Clinics choose it for sun spots, age spots, freckles, hormone-related discolouration and dull, dehydrated skin. It does not add volume and is not a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle Touch BR vs the rest of the Miracle range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick by the main concern: tone, firmness or hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-up\"\u003eMiracle Touch Up\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-h-1\"\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides, vitamin C, niacinamide, HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL with HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL 20% + HA 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL 20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening, even tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness, texture, repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness plus hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBR and Touch Up are often paired in one plan: one for tone, one for firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Miracle Touch BR used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Touch BR is applied into the skin by a trained professional, using a mesotherapy technique or a microneedling device. It is used on the face, including cheeks, chin and jawline, and on the neck. A course of about six sessions is commonly described. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long do results last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported results last from around 6 months, with some distributors quoting up to 12. Brightening builds across the course rather than after one visit. Daily sun protection is essential, or pigment returns quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Miracle Touch BR be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box and use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Miracle Touch BR from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle Touch BR FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does BR stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrightening. It is the pigmentation-focused product in the Miracle range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Miracle Touch BR contain PCL?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Its listed actives are peptides, vitamin C, niacinamide and hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be combined with Miracle Touch Up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the two are commonly used in the same treatment plan. The clinician sets the schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Miracle Touch BR wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883053306138,"sku":null,"price":86.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Screenshot2025-05-17112954.png?v=1747449059"},{"product_id":"miracle-touch-up","title":"Miracle Touch Up","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiracle Touch Up\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster from the Korean Miracle range, based on biodegradable polycaprolactone (PCL) with hyaluronic acid. Each box holds 5 vials of 2 mL. It is used on mature, sun-damaged or uneven skin to support firmness, hydration and smoother texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch Up is the repair-and-firmness product in the range. For pigmentation, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-br\"\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle Touch Up made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Touch Up combines a PCL polymer with moisture-binding ingredients. The listed ingredients are polycaprolactone, sodium hyaluronate, glycerin, polyethylene glycol and sodium pyroglutamic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PCL percentage is not published for this product, so we do not quote one. Check the box and insert for the full ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle Touch Up used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve skin quality rather than to add volume. Clinics choose it for fine lines, loss of firmness, dry skin, uneven texture, and marks left by acne. The hyaluronic acid hydrates early on. The PCL then supports new collagen over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle Touch Up vs the rest of the Miracle range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick by the main concern: firmness, tone or hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiracle Touch Up\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-br\"\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-h-1\"\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL with HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides, vitamin C, niacinamide, HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL 20% + HA 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL 20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness, texture, repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening, even tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness plus hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Miracle Touch Up used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Touch Up is placed into the dermis of the face by a trained professional, using a mesotherapy technique or a microneedling device. A course of 3–4 sessions about four weeks apart is commonly described. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Miracle Touch Up last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported results last up to about 12 months. Texture and hydration often improve within four weeks of the first session. Firmness builds more slowly as collagen forms. Results vary by patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Miracle Touch Up be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box and use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Miracle Touch Up from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003eKorean biostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle Touch Up FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Miracle Touch Up a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It does not add volume. It is a skin booster that works on firmness and skin quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Touch Up and Touch BR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTouch Up is PCL-based and targets firmness and texture. Touch BR is peptide- and vitamin-based and targets pigmentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Touch Up and Touch BR be used together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are commonly paired in one plan. The clinician sets the schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Miracle Touch Up wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883053797658,"sku":null,"price":135.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Screenshot2025-05-17112715.png?v=1747448867"},{"product_id":"rejuner-black-label","title":"Rejuner Black Label","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuner Black Label\u003c\/strong\u003e is a liquid polycaprolactone (PCL) collagen stimulator made by NOHTUS Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds 5 vials of 2 mL. It contains 23% particle-free, solubilised PCL and is the Rejuner version positioned for thin, delicate skin such as the temples, under-eye area and neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve firmness, fine lines and skin texture by supporting the skin's own collagen. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuner Black, Gold or Red Label — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by PCL strength and by the area you treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlack Label\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuner-gold-label\"\u003eGold Label\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuner-red-label\"\u003eRed Label\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePCL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePositioned for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin skin: temples, under-eye, neck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhole face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhole face, lighter correction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReported duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuner Black Label made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuner Black Label contains 23% polycaprolactone in a particle-free colloid. PCL is a biodegradable polymer. In older PCL products it comes as solid microspheres. Here it is solubilised into a liquid, so there are no beads to clump under thin skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Rejuner Black Label work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works by collagen stimulation, not by filling. After placement in the dermis, the PCL breaks down slowly and prompts fibroblasts to make new collagen. Skin becomes firmer and smoother over the following weeks, with changes described at 4, 8 and 12 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuner Black Label used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected into the dermis by a trained professional. The liquid passes through a 33G–34G needle and can also be used with a mesotherapy injector. A course of about three sessions, roughly a month apart, is commonly described. The clinician sets the volume per area. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Rejuner Black Label last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported results last up to 24 months, depending on the patient and the protocol. The effect builds gradually, so patients should not expect an instant change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuner Black Label be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from direct sunlight, as printed on the box. Do not freeze. Slight settling in the vial is normal for this colloid. Use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuner Black Label from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003eKorean biostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuner Black Label FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNOHTUS Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Black Label and Gold Label?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth contain 23% PCL. Black Label is positioned for thin skin such as temples, under-eye and neck. Gold Label is positioned for the whole face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2 mL each, 10 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Rejuner a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a liquid collagen stimulator and does not add immediate volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883055829274,"sku":null,"price":247.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejunerBlackLabel.webp?v=1696055044"}],"url":"https:\/\/koreanaesthetic.com\/collections\/skin-moisture-hydration.oembed?page=7","provider":"Korean Aesthetic","version":"1.0","type":"link"}